2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Copyright 2005-2006 Erik Waling
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Copyright 2006 Stephane Marchesin
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Copyright 2007-2009 Stuart Bennett
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 * SOFTWARE.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <subdev/bios.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
											 
										 
										
											
												Merge branch 'drm-next' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux
Pull drm merge (part 1) from Dave Airlie:
 "So first of all my tree and uapi stuff has a conflict mess, its my
  fault as the nouveau stuff didn't hit -next as were trying to rebase
  regressions out of it before we merged.
  Highlights:
   - SH mobile modesetting driver and associated helpers
   - some DRM core documentation
   - i915 modesetting rework, haswell hdmi, haswell and vlv fixes, write
     combined pte writing, ilk rc6 support,
   - nouveau: major driver rework into a hw core driver, makes features
     like SLI a lot saner to implement,
   - psb: add eDP/DP support for Cedarview
   - radeon: 2 layer page tables, async VM pte updates, better PLL
     selection for > 2 screens, better ACPI interactions
  The rest is general grab bag of fixes.
  So why part 1? well I have the exynos pull req which came in a bit
  late but was waiting for me to do something they shouldn't have and it
  looks fairly safe, and David Howells has some more header cleanups
  he'd like me to pull, that seem like a good idea, but I'd like to get
  this merge out of the way so -next dosen't get blocked."
Tons of conflicts mostly due to silly include line changes, but mostly
mindless.  A few other small semantic conflicts too, noted from Dave's
pre-merged branch.
* 'drm-next' of git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux: (447 commits)
  drm/nv98/crypt: fix fuc build with latest envyas
  drm/nouveau/devinit: fixup various issues with subdev ctor/init ordering
  drm/nv41/vm: fix and enable use of "real" pciegart
  drm/nv44/vm: fix and enable use of "real" pciegart
  drm/nv04/dmaobj: fixup vm target handling in preparation for nv4x pcie
  drm/nouveau: store supported dma mask in vmmgr
  drm/nvc0/ibus: initial implementation of subdev
  drm/nouveau/therm: add support for fan-control modes
  drm/nouveau/hwmon: rename pwm0* to pmw1* to follow hwmon's rules
  drm/nouveau/therm: calculate the pwm divisor on nv50+
  drm/nouveau/fan: rewrite the fan tachometer driver to get more precision, faster
  drm/nouveau/therm: move thermal-related functions to the therm subdev
  drm/nouveau/bios: parse the pwm divisor from the perf table
  drm/nouveau/therm: use the EXTDEV table to detect i2c monitoring devices
  drm/nouveau/therm: rework thermal table parsing
  drm/nouveau/gpio: expose the PWM/TOGGLE parameter found in the gpio vbios table
  drm/nouveau: fix pm initialization order
  drm/nouveau/bios: check that fixed tvdac gpio data is valid before using it
  drm/nouveau: log channel debug/error messages from client object rather than drm client
  drm/nouveau: have drm debugging macros build on top of core macros
  ...
											
										 
										
											2012-10-03 23:29:23 -07:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <drm/drmP.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-04 02:47:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "nouveau_drm.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "nouveau_reg.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "nouveau_hw.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-04-20 02:28:37 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include "nouveau_encoder.h"
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-04 02:47:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-13 15:59:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/io-mapping.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-03-30 13:14:45 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#include <linux/firmware.h>
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-04 02:47:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								/* these defines are made up */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define NV_CIO_CRE_44_HEADA 0x0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define NV_CIO_CRE_44_HEADB 0x3
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define FEATURE_MOBILE 0x10	/* also FEATURE_QUADRO for BMP */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-04 02:47:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define EDID1_LEN 128
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-04 02:47:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define BIOSLOG(sip, fmt, arg...) NV_DEBUG(sip->dev, fmt, ##arg)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define LOG_OLD_VALUE(x)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-04 02:47:16 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								struct init_exec {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bool execute;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bool repeat;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static bool nv_cksum(const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * There's a few checksums in the BIOS, so here's a generic checking
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * function.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t sum = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										sum += data[i];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (sum)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static uint16_t clkcmptable(struct nvbios *bios, uint16_t clktable, int pxclk)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int compare_record_len, i = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t compareclk, scriptptr = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->major_version < 5) /* pre BIT */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										compare_record_len = 3;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										compare_record_len = 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									do {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										compareclk = ROM16(bios->data[clktable + compare_record_len * i]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (pxclk >= compareclk * 10) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (bios->major_version < 5) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												uint8_t tmdssub = bios->data[clktable + 2 + compare_record_len * i];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												scriptptr = ROM16(bios->data[bios->init_script_tbls_ptr + tmdssub * 2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												scriptptr = ROM16(bios->data[clktable + 2 + compare_record_len * i]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										i++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} while (compareclk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return scriptptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								run_digital_op_script(struct drm_device *dev, uint16_t scriptptr,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										      struct dcb_output *dcbent, int head, bool dl)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "0x%04X: Parsing digital output script table\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 scriptptr);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NVWriteVgaCrtc(dev, 0, NV_CIO_CRE_44, head ? NV_CIO_CRE_44_HEADB :
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													         NV_CIO_CRE_44_HEADA);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nouveau_bios_run_init_table(dev, scriptptr, dcbent, head);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nv04_dfp_bind_head(dev, dcbent, head, dl);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int call_lvds_manufacturer_script(struct drm_device *dev, struct dcb_output *dcbent, int head, enum LVDS_script script)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t sub = bios->data[bios->fp.xlated_entry + script] + (bios->fp.link_c_increment && dcbent->or & DCB_OUTPUT_C ? 1 : 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t scriptofs = ROM16(bios->data[bios->init_script_tbls_ptr + sub * 2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!bios->fp.xlated_entry || !sub || !scriptofs)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									run_digital_op_script(dev, scriptofs, dcbent, head, bios->fp.dual_link);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (script == LVDS_PANEL_OFF) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* off-on delay in ms */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-03 20:10:49 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										mdelay(ROM16(bios->data[bios->fp.xlated_entry + 7]));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef __powerpc__
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Powerbook specific quirks */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-20 14:19:45 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (script == LVDS_RESET &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (dev->pci_device == 0x0179 || dev->pci_device == 0x0189 ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									     dev->pci_device == 0x0329))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										nv_write_tmds(dev, dcbent->or, 0, 0x02, 0x72);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int run_lvds_table(struct drm_device *dev, struct dcb_output *dcbent, int head, enum LVDS_script script, int pxclk)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The BIT LVDS table's header has the information to setup the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * necessary registers. Following the standard 4 byte header are:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * A bitmask byte and a dual-link transition pxclk value for use in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * selecting the init script when not using straps; 4 script pointers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * for panel power, selected by output and on/off; and 8 table pointers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * for panel init, the needed one determined by output, and bits in the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * conf byte. These tables are similar to the TMDS tables, consisting
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * of a list of pxclks and script pointers.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									unsigned int outputset = (dcbent->or == 4) ? 1 : 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t scriptptr = 0, clktable;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * For now we assume version 3.0 table - g80 support will need some
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * changes
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (script) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LVDS_INIT:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LVDS_BACKLIGHT_ON:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LVDS_PANEL_ON:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										scriptptr = ROM16(bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 7 + outputset * 2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LVDS_BACKLIGHT_OFF:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LVDS_PANEL_OFF:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										scriptptr = ROM16(bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 11 + outputset * 2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case LVDS_RESET:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										clktable = bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 15;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dcbent->or == 4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											clktable += 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dcbent->lvdsconf.use_straps_for_mode) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (bios->fp.dual_link)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												clktable += 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (bios->fp.if_is_24bit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												clktable += 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* using EDID */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											int cmpval_24bit = (dcbent->or == 4) ? 4 : 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (bios->fp.dual_link) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												clktable += 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												cmpval_24bit <<= 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (bios->fp.strapless_is_24bit & cmpval_24bit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												clktable += 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										clktable = ROM16(bios->data[clktable]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!clktable) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											NV_ERROR(drm, "Pixel clock comparison table not found\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										scriptptr = clkcmptable(bios, clktable, pxclk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!scriptptr) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "LVDS output init script not found\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									run_digital_op_script(dev, scriptptr, dcbent, head, bios->fp.dual_link);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int call_lvds_script(struct drm_device *dev, struct dcb_output *dcbent, int head, enum LVDS_script script, int pxclk)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * LVDS operations are multiplexed in an effort to present a single API
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * which works with two vastly differing underlying structures.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * This acts as the demux
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_device *device = nv_device(drm->device);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t lvds_ver = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t sel_clk_binding, sel_clk;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->fp.last_script_invoc == (script << 1 | head) || !lvds_ver ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    (lvds_ver >= 0x30 && script == LVDS_INIT))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!bios->fp.lvds_init_run) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.lvds_init_run = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										call_lvds_script(dev, dcbent, head, LVDS_INIT, pxclk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (script == LVDS_PANEL_ON && bios->fp.reset_after_pclk_change)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										call_lvds_script(dev, dcbent, head, LVDS_RESET, pxclk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (script == LVDS_RESET && bios->fp.power_off_for_reset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										call_lvds_script(dev, dcbent, head, LVDS_PANEL_OFF, pxclk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "Calling LVDS script %d:\n", script);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* don't let script change pll->head binding */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sel_clk_binding = nv_rd32(device, NV_PRAMDAC_SEL_CLK) & 0x50000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (lvds_ver < 0x30)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = call_lvds_manufacturer_script(dev, dcbent, head, script);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = run_lvds_table(dev, dcbent, head, script, pxclk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->fp.last_script_invoc = (script << 1 | head);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sel_clk = NVReadRAMDAC(dev, 0, NV_PRAMDAC_SEL_CLK) & ~0x50000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NVWriteRAMDAC(dev, 0, NV_PRAMDAC_SEL_CLK, sel_clk | sel_clk_binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* some scripts set a value in NV_PBUS_POWERCTRL_2 and break video overlay */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nv_wr32(device, NV_PBUS_POWERCTRL_2, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								struct lvdstableheader {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t lvds_ver, headerlen, recordlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_lvds_manufacturer_table_header(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, struct lvdstableheader *lth)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * BMP version (0xa) LVDS table has a simple header of version and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * record length. The BIT LVDS table has the typical BIT table header:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * version byte, header length byte, record length byte, and a byte for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the maximum number of records that can be held in the table.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t lvds_ver, headerlen, recordlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(lth, 0, sizeof(struct lvdstableheader));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer == 0x0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Pointer to LVDS manufacturer table invalid\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lvds_ver = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (lvds_ver) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x0a:	/* pre NV40 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										headerlen = 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										recordlen = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x30:	/* NV4x */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										headerlen = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (headerlen < 0x1f) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											NV_ERROR(drm, "LVDS table header not understood\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										recordlen = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 2];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x40:	/* G80/G90 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										headerlen = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (headerlen < 0x7) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											NV_ERROR(drm, "LVDS table header not understood\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										recordlen = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 2];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 "LVDS table revision %d.%d not currently supported\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 lvds_ver >> 4, lvds_ver & 0xf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lth->lvds_ver = lvds_ver;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lth->headerlen = headerlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lth->recordlen = recordlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								get_fp_strap(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_device *device = nouveau_dev(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The fp strap is normally dictated by the "User Strap" in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * PEXTDEV_BOOT_0[20:16], but on BMP cards when bit 2 of the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Internal_Flags struct at 0x48 is set, the user strap gets overriden
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * by the PCI subsystem ID during POST, but not before the previous user
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * strap has been committed to CR58 for CR57=0xf on head A, which may be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * read and used instead
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->major_version < 5 && bios->data[0x48] & 0x4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return NVReadVgaCrtc5758(dev, 0, 0xf) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (device->card_type >= NV_50)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return (nv_rd32(device, NV_PEXTDEV_BOOT_0) >> 24) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return (nv_rd32(device, NV_PEXTDEV_BOOT_0) >> 16) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_fp_mode_table(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t *fptable;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t fptable_ver, headerlen = 0, recordlen, fpentries = 0xf, fpindex;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret, ofs, fpstrapping;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lvdstableheader lth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->fp.fptablepointer == 0x0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Apple cards don't have the fp table; the laptops use DDC */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* The table is also missing on some x86 IGPs */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifndef __powerpc__
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Pointer to flat panel table invalid\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->digital_min_front_porch = 0x4b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fptable = &bios->data[bios->fp.fptablepointer];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fptable_ver = fptable[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (fptable_ver) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * BMP version 0x5.0x11 BIOSen have version 1 like tables, but no
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * version field, and miss one of the spread spectrum/PWM bytes.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * This could affect early GF2Go parts (not seen any appropriate ROMs
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * though). Here we assume that a version of 0x05 matches this case
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * (combining with a BMP version check would be better), as the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * common case for the panel type field is 0x0005, and that is in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * fact what we are reading the first byte of.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x05:	/* some NV10, 11, 15, 16 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										recordlen = 42;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ofs = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x10:	/* some NV15/16, and NV11+ */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										recordlen = 44;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ofs = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x20:	/* NV40+ */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										headerlen = fptable[1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										recordlen = fptable[2];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fpentries = fptable[3];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * fptable[4] is the minimum
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * RAMDAC_FP_HCRTC -> RAMDAC_FP_HSYNC_START gap
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->digital_min_front_porch = fptable[4];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ofs = -7;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 "FP table revision %d.%d not currently supported\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 fptable_ver >> 4, fptable_ver & 0xf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!bios->is_mobile) /* !mobile only needs digital_min_front_porch */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = parse_lvds_manufacturer_table_header(dev, bios, <h);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (lth.lvds_ver == 0x30 || lth.lvds_ver == 0x40) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.fpxlatetableptr = bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
															lth.headerlen + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.xlatwidth = lth.recordlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->fp.fpxlatetableptr == 0x0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Pointer to flat panel xlat table invalid\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fpstrapping = get_fp_strap(dev, bios);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fpindex = bios->data[bios->fp.fpxlatetableptr +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													fpstrapping * bios->fp.xlatwidth];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (fpindex > fpentries) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Bad flat panel table index\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* nv4x cards need both a strap value and fpindex of 0xf to use DDC */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (lth.lvds_ver > 0x10)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp_no_ddc = fpstrapping != 0xf || fpindex != 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * If either the strap or xlated fpindex value are 0xf there is no
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * panel using a strap-derived bios mode present.  this condition
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * includes, but is different from, the DDC panel indicator above
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (fpstrapping == 0xf || fpindex == 0xf)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->fp.mode_ptr = bios->fp.fptablepointer + headerlen +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    recordlen * fpindex + ofs;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "BIOS FP mode: %dx%d (%dkHz pixel clock)\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 ROM16(bios->data[bios->fp.mode_ptr + 11]) + 1,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 ROM16(bios->data[bios->fp.mode_ptr + 25]) + 1,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 ROM16(bios->data[bios->fp.mode_ptr + 7]) * 10);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bool nouveau_bios_fp_mode(struct drm_device *dev, struct drm_display_mode *mode)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t *mode_entry = &bios->data[bios->fp.mode_ptr];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!mode)	/* just checking whether we can produce a mode */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return bios->fp.mode_ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(mode, 0, sizeof(struct drm_display_mode));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * For version 1.0 (version in byte 0):
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bytes 1-2 are "panel type", including bits on whether Colour/mono,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * single/dual link, and type (TFT etc.)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bytes 3-6 are bits per colour in RGBX
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->clock = ROM16(mode_entry[7]) * 10;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* bytes 9-10 is HActive */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->hdisplay = ROM16(mode_entry[11]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bytes 13-14 is HValid Start
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bytes 15-16 is HValid End
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->hsync_start = ROM16(mode_entry[17]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->hsync_end = ROM16(mode_entry[19]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->htotal = ROM16(mode_entry[21]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* bytes 23-24, 27-30 similarly, but vertical */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->vdisplay = ROM16(mode_entry[25]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->vsync_start = ROM16(mode_entry[31]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->vsync_end = ROM16(mode_entry[33]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->vtotal = ROM16(mode_entry[35]) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->flags |= (mode_entry[37] & 0x10) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											DRM_MODE_FLAG_PHSYNC : DRM_MODE_FLAG_NHSYNC;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->flags |= (mode_entry[37] & 0x1) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											DRM_MODE_FLAG_PVSYNC : DRM_MODE_FLAG_NVSYNC;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bytes 38-39 relate to spread spectrum settings
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bytes 40-43 are something to do with PWM
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->status = MODE_OK;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									mode->type = DRM_MODE_TYPE_DRIVER | DRM_MODE_TYPE_PREFERRED;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									drm_mode_set_name(mode);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return bios->fp.mode_ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int nouveau_bios_parse_lvds_table(struct drm_device *dev, int pxclk, bool *dl, bool *if_is_24bit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The LVDS table header is (mostly) described in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * parse_lvds_manufacturer_table_header(): the BIT header additionally
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * contains the dual-link transition pxclk (in 10s kHz), at byte 5 - if
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * straps are not being used for the panel, this specifies the frequency
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * at which modes should be set up in the dual link style.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Following the header, the BMP (ver 0xa) table has several records,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
											
												tree-wide: Assorted spelling fixes
In particular, several occurances of funny versions of 'success',
'unknown', 'therefore', 'acknowledge', 'argument', 'achieve', 'address',
'beginning', 'desirable', 'separate' and 'necessary' are fixed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
											
										 
										
											2010-02-03 08:01:28 +08:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * indexed by a separate xlat table, indexed in turn by the fp strap in
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * EXTDEV_BOOT. Each record had a config byte, followed by 6 script
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * numbers for use by INIT_SUB which controlled panel init and power,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * and finally a dword of ms to sleep between power off and on
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * operations.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * In the BIT versions, the table following the header serves as an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * integrated config and xlat table: the records in the table are
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * indexed by the FP strap nibble in EXTDEV_BOOT, and each record has
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * two bytes - the first as a config byte, the second for indexing the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * fp mode table pointed to by the BIT 'D' table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * DDC is not used until after card init, so selecting the correct table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * entry and setting the dual link flag for EDID equipped panels,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * requiring tests against the native-mode pixel clock, cannot be done
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * until later, when this function should be called with non-zero pxclk
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int fpstrapping = get_fp_strap(dev, bios), lvdsmanufacturerindex = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct lvdstableheader lth;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t lvdsofs;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret, chip_version = bios->chip_version;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = parse_lvds_manufacturer_table_header(dev, bios, <h);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (lth.lvds_ver) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x0a:	/* pre NV40 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lvdsmanufacturerindex = bios->data[
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													bios->fp.fpxlatemanufacturertableptr +
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													fpstrapping];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* we're done if this isn't the EDID panel case */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!pxclk)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (chip_version < 0x25) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* nv17 behaviour
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * It seems the old style lvds script pointer is reused
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * to select 18/24 bit colour depth for EDID panels.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											lvdsmanufacturerindex =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												(bios->legacy.lvds_single_a_script_ptr & 1) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
																	2 : 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (pxclk >= bios->fp.duallink_transition_clk)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												lvdsmanufacturerindex++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else if (chip_version < 0x30) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* nv28 behaviour (off-chip encoder)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * nv28 does a complex dance of first using byte 121 of
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * the EDID to choose the lvdsmanufacturerindex, then
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * later attempting to match the EDID manufacturer and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * product IDs in a table (signature 'pidt' (panel id
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * table?)), setting an lvdsmanufacturerindex of 0 and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * an fp strap of the match index (or 0xf if none)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											lvdsmanufacturerindex = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* nv31, nv34 behaviour */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											lvdsmanufacturerindex = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (pxclk >= bios->fp.duallink_transition_clk)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												lvdsmanufacturerindex = 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (pxclk >= 140000)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												lvdsmanufacturerindex = 3;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * nvidia set the high nibble of (cr57=f, cr58) to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * lvdsmanufacturerindex in this case; we don't
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x30:	/* NV4x */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x40:	/* G80/G90 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										lvdsmanufacturerindex = fpstrapping;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "LVDS table revision not currently supported\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									lvdsofs = bios->fp.xlated_entry = bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + lth.headerlen + lth.recordlen * lvdsmanufacturerindex;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (lth.lvds_ver) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x0a:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.power_off_for_reset = bios->data[lvdsofs] & 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.reset_after_pclk_change = bios->data[lvdsofs] & 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.dual_link = bios->data[lvdsofs] & 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.link_c_increment = bios->data[lvdsofs] & 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*if_is_24bit = bios->data[lvdsofs] & 16;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x30:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0x40:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * No sign of the "power off for reset" or "reset for panel
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * on" bits, but it's safer to assume we should
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.power_off_for_reset = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.reset_after_pclk_change = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * It's ok lvdsofs is wrong for nv4x edid case; dual_link is
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-03-18 12:05:43 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * over-written, and if_is_24bit isn't used
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.dual_link = bios->data[lvdsofs] & 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.if_is_24bit = bios->data[lvdsofs] & 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.strapless_is_24bit = bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 4];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.duallink_transition_clk = ROM16(bios->data[bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer + 5]) * 10;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* set dual_link flag for EDID case */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (pxclk && (chip_version < 0x25 || chip_version > 0x28))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.dual_link = (pxclk >= bios->fp.duallink_transition_clk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									*dl = bios->fp.dual_link;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int run_tmds_table(struct drm_device *dev, struct dcb_output *dcbent, int head, int pxclk)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the pxclk parameter is in kHz
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * This runs the TMDS regs setting code found on BIT bios cards
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * For ffs(or) == 1 use the first table, for ffs(or) == 2 and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * ffs(or) == 3, use the second.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_device *device = nv_device(drm->device);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int cv = bios->chip_version;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t clktable = 0, scriptptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint32_t sel_clk_binding, sel_clk;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* pre-nv17 off-chip tmds uses scripts, post nv17 doesn't */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (cv >= 0x17 && cv != 0x1a && cv != 0x20 &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									    dcbent->location != DCB_LOC_ON_CHIP)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (ffs(dcbent->or)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 1:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										clktable = bios->tmds.output0_script_ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 3:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										clktable = bios->tmds.output1_script_ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!clktable) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Pixel clock comparison table not found\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									scriptptr = clkcmptable(bios, clktable, pxclk);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!scriptptr) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "TMDS output init script not found\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* don't let script change pll->head binding */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sel_clk_binding = nv_rd32(device, NV_PRAMDAC_SEL_CLK) & 0x50000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									run_digital_op_script(dev, scriptptr, dcbent, head, pxclk >= 165000);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									sel_clk = NVReadRAMDAC(dev, 0, NV_PRAMDAC_SEL_CLK) & ~0x50000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NVWriteRAMDAC(dev, 0, NV_PRAMDAC_SEL_CLK, sel_clk | sel_clk_binding);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void parse_script_table_pointers(struct nvbios *bios, uint16_t offset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Parses the init table segment for pointers used in script execution.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 0  (16 bits): init script tables pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 2  (16 bits): macro index table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 4  (16 bits): macro table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 6  (16 bits): condition table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 8  (16 bits): io condition table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 10 (16 bits): io flag condition table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 12 (16 bits): init function table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->init_script_tbls_ptr = ROM16(bios->data[offset]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_bit_A_tbl_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, struct bit_entry *bitentry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Parses the load detect values for g80 cards.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 0 (16 bits): loadval table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t load_table_ptr;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t version, headerlen, entrylen, num_entries;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length != 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Do not understand BIT A table\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									load_table_ptr = ROM16(bios->data[bitentry->offset]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (load_table_ptr == 0x0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_DEBUG(drm, "Pointer to BIT loadval table invalid\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									version = bios->data[load_table_ptr];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (version != 0x10) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "BIT loadval table version %d.%d not supported\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 version >> 4, version & 0xF);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									headerlen = bios->data[load_table_ptr + 1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entrylen = bios->data[load_table_ptr + 2];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									num_entries = bios->data[load_table_ptr + 3];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (headerlen != 4 || entrylen != 4 || num_entries != 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Do not understand BIT loadval table\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* First entry is normal dac, 2nd tv-out perhaps? */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->dactestval = ROM32(bios->data[load_table_ptr + headerlen]) & 0x3ff;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_bit_display_tbl_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, struct bit_entry *bitentry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Parses the flat panel table segment that the bit entry points to.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Starting at bitentry->offset:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 0  (16 bits): ??? table pointer - seems to have 18 byte
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * records beginning with a freq.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 2  (16 bits): mode table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length != 4) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Do not understand BIT display table\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->fp.fptablepointer = ROM16(bios->data[bitentry->offset + 2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_bit_init_tbl_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, struct bit_entry *bitentry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Parses the init table segment that the bit entry points to.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * See parse_script_table_pointers for layout
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length < 14) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Do not understand init table\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parse_script_table_pointers(bios, bitentry->offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_bit_i_tbl_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, struct bit_entry *bitentry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * BIT 'i' (info?) table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 0  (32 bits): BIOS version dword (as in B table)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 5  (8  bits): BIOS feature byte (same as for BMP?)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 13 (16 bits): pointer to table containing DAC load
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * detection comparison values
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * There's other things in the table, purpose unknown
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t daccmpoffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t dacver, dacheaderlen;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length < 6) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "BIT i table too short for needed information\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bit 4 seems to indicate a mobile bios (doesn't suffer from BMP's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Quadro identity crisis), other bits possibly as for BMP feature byte
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->feature_byte = bios->data[bitentry->offset + 5];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->is_mobile = bios->feature_byte & FEATURE_MOBILE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length < 15) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_WARN(drm, "BIT i table not long enough for DAC load "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       "detection comparison table\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									daccmpoffset = ROM16(bios->data[bitentry->offset + 13]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* doesn't exist on g80 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!daccmpoffset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The first value in the table, following the header, is the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * comparison value, the second entry is a comparison value for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * TV load detection.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dacver = bios->data[daccmpoffset];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dacheaderlen = bios->data[daccmpoffset + 1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dacver != 0x00 && dacver != 0x10) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_WARN(drm, "DAC load detection comparison table version "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											       "%d.%d not known\n", dacver >> 4, dacver & 0xf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->dactestval = ROM32(bios->data[daccmpoffset + dacheaderlen]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->tvdactestval = ROM32(bios->data[daccmpoffset + dacheaderlen + 4]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_bit_lvds_tbl_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, struct bit_entry *bitentry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Parses the LVDS table segment that the bit entry points to.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Starting at bitentry->offset:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 0  (16 bits): LVDS strap xlate table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length != 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Do not understand BIT LVDS table\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * No idea if it's still called the LVDS manufacturer table, but
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the concept's close enough.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer = ROM16(bios->data[bitentry->offset]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								parse_bit_M_tbl_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										      struct bit_entry *bitentry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 2  (8  bits): number of options in an
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * 	INIT_RAM_RESTRICT_ZM_REG_GROUP opcode option set
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 3  (16 bits): pointer to strap xlate table for RAM
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * 	restrict option selection
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * There's a bunch of bits in this table other than the RAM restrict
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * stuff that we don't use - their use currently unknown
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Older bios versions don't have a sufficiently long table for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * what we want
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length < 0x5)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 15:18:40 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->version < 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 00:37:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->ram_restrict_group_count = bios->data[bitentry->offset + 2];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->ram_restrict_tbl_ptr = ROM16(bios->data[bitentry->offset + 3]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-15 00:37:31 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->ram_restrict_group_count = bios->data[bitentry->offset + 0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->ram_restrict_tbl_ptr = ROM16(bios->data[bitentry->offset + 1]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_bit_tmds_tbl_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, struct bit_entry *bitentry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Parses the pointer to the TMDS table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Starting at bitentry->offset:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 0  (16 bits): TMDS table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The TMDS table is typically found just before the DCB table, with a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * characteristic signature of 0x11,0x13 (1.1 being version, 0x13 being
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * length?)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * At offset +7 is a pointer to a script, which I don't know how to
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * run yet.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * At offset +9 is a pointer to another script, likewise
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Offset +11 has a pointer to a table where the first word is a pxclk
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * frequency and the second word a pointer to a script, which should be
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * run if the comparison pxclk frequency is less than the pxclk desired.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * This repeats for decreasing comparison frequencies
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Offset +13 has a pointer to a similar table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The selection of table (and possibly +7/+9 script) is dictated by
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * "or" from the DCB.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t tmdstableptr, script1, script2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bitentry->length != 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Do not understand BIT TMDS table\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									tmdstableptr = ROM16(bios->data[bitentry->offset]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-13 08:31:22 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!tmdstableptr) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Pointer to TMDS table invalid\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "TMDS table version %d.%d\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-13 08:31:22 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->data[tmdstableptr] >> 4, bios->data[tmdstableptr] & 0xf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* nv50+ has v2.0, but we don't parse it atm */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-13 08:31:22 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->data[tmdstableptr] != 0x11)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * These two scripts are odd: they don't seem to get run even when
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * they are not stubbed.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									script1 = ROM16(bios->data[tmdstableptr + 7]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									script2 = ROM16(bios->data[tmdstableptr + 9]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->data[script1] != 'q' || bios->data[script2] != 'q')
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_WARN(drm, "TMDS table script pointers not stubbed\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->tmds.output0_script_ptr = ROM16(bios->data[tmdstableptr + 11]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->tmds.output1_script_ptr = ROM16(bios->data[tmdstableptr + 13]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								struct bit_table {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const char id;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int (* const parse_fn)(struct drm_device *, struct nvbios *, struct bit_entry *);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								};
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#define BIT_TABLE(id, funcid) ((struct bit_table){ id, parse_bit_##funcid##_tbl_entry })
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 15:18:40 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								bit_table(struct drm_device *dev, u8 id, struct bit_entry *bit)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 15:18:40 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 entries, *entry;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-12 16:36:42 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->type != NVBIOS_BIT)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENODEV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 15:18:40 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entries = bios->data[bios->offset + 10];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry   = &bios->data[bios->offset + 12];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (entries--) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (entry[0] == id) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											bit->id = entry[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											bit->version = entry[1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											bit->length = ROM16(entry[2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											bit->offset = ROM16(entry[4]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-12 16:48:48 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											bit->data = ROMPTR(dev, entry[4]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 15:18:40 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry += bios->data[bios->offset + 9];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								parse_bit_table(struct nvbios *bios, const uint16_t bitoffset,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct bit_table *table)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct drm_device *dev = bios->dev;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct bit_entry bitentry;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-09-13 15:18:40 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bit_table(dev, table->id, &bitentry) == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return table->parse_fn(dev, bios, &bitentry);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "BIT table '%c' not found\n", table->id);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								parse_bit_structure(struct nvbios *bios, const uint16_t bitoffset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The only restriction on parsing order currently is having 'i' first
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * for use of bios->*_version or bios->feature_byte while parsing;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * functions shouldn't be actually *doing* anything apart from pulling
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * data from the image into the bios struct, thus no interdependencies
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = parse_bit_table(bios, bitoffset, &BIT_TABLE('i', i));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret) /* info? */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->major_version >= 0x60) /* g80+ */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										parse_bit_table(bios, bitoffset, &BIT_TABLE('A', A));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parse_bit_table(bios, bitoffset, &BIT_TABLE('D', display));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = parse_bit_table(bios, bitoffset, &BIT_TABLE('I', init));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parse_bit_table(bios, bitoffset, &BIT_TABLE('M', M)); /* memory? */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parse_bit_table(bios, bitoffset, &BIT_TABLE('L', lvds));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									parse_bit_table(bios, bitoffset, &BIT_TABLE('T', tmds));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int parse_bmp_structure(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, unsigned int offset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Parses the BMP structure for useful things, but does not act on them
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +   5: BMP major version
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +   6: BMP minor version
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +   9: BMP feature byte
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  10: BCD encoded BIOS version
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  18: init script table pointer (for bios versions < 5.10h)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  20: extra init script table pointer (for bios
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * versions < 5.10h)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  24: memory init table pointer (used on early bios versions)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  26: SDR memory sequencing setup data table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  28: DDR memory sequencing setup data table
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  54: index of I2C CRTC pair to use for CRT output
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  55: index of I2C CRTC pair to use for TV output
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  56: index of I2C CRTC pair to use for flat panel output
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  58: write CRTC index for I2C pair 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  59: read CRTC index for I2C pair 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  60: write CRTC index for I2C pair 1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  61: read CRTC index for I2C pair 1
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  67: maximum internal PLL frequency (single stage PLL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  71: minimum internal PLL frequency (single stage PLL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  75: script table pointers, as described in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * parse_script_table_pointers
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  89: TMDS single link output A table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  91: TMDS single link output B table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset +  95: LVDS single link output A table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 105: flat panel timings table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 107: flat panel strapping translation table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 117: LVDS manufacturer panel config table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 119: LVDS manufacturer strapping translation table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 142: PLL limits table pointer
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * offset + 156: minimum pixel clock for LVDS dual link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t *bmp = &bios->data[offset], bmp_version_major, bmp_version_minor;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t bmplength;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t legacy_scripts_offset, legacy_i2c_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* load needed defaults in case we can't parse this info */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->digital_min_front_porch = 0x4b;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->fmaxvco = 256000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->fminvco = 128000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->fp.duallink_transition_clk = 90000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bmp_version_major = bmp[5];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bmp_version_minor = bmp[6];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "BMP version %d.%d\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 bmp_version_major, bmp_version_minor);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Make sure that 0x36 is blank and can't be mistaken for a DCB
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * pointer on early versions
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmp_version_major < 5)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										*(uint16_t *)&bios->data[0x36] = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Seems that the minor version was 1 for all major versions prior
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * to 5. Version 6 could theoretically exist, but I suspect BIT
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * happened instead.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if ((bmp_version_major < 5 && bmp_version_minor != 1) || bmp_version_major > 5) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "You have an unsupported BMP version. "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"Please send in your bios\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOSYS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmp_version_major == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* nothing that's currently useful in this version */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_major == 1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 44; /* exact for 1.01 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_major == 2)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 48; /* exact for 2.01 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_major == 3)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 54;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* guessed - mem init tables added in this version */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_major == 4 || bmp_version_minor < 0x1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* don't know if 5.0 exists... */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 62;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* guessed - BMP I2C indices added in version 4*/
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_minor < 0x6)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 67; /* exact for 5.01 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_minor < 0x10)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 75; /* exact for 5.06 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_minor == 0x10)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 89; /* exact for 5.10h */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_minor < 0x14)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 118; /* exact for 5.11h */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_minor < 0x24)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Not sure of version where pll limits came in;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * certainly exist by 0x24 though.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* length not exact: this is long enough to get lvds members */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 123;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bmp_version_minor < 0x27)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Length not exact: this is long enough to get pll limit
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * member
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 144;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Length not exact: this is long enough to get dual link
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * transition clock.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bmplength = 158;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* checksum */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_cksum(bmp, 8)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Bad BMP checksum\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Bit 4 seems to indicate either a mobile bios or a quadro card --
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * mobile behaviour consistent (nv11+), quadro only seen nv18gl-nv36gl
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * (not nv10gl), bit 5 that the flat panel tables are present, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * bit 6 a tv bios.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->feature_byte = bmp[9];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmp_version_major < 5 || bmp_version_minor < 0x10)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->old_style_init = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									legacy_scripts_offset = 18;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmp_version_major < 2)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										legacy_scripts_offset -= 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->init_script_tbls_ptr = ROM16(bmp[legacy_scripts_offset]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->extra_init_script_tbl_ptr = ROM16(bmp[legacy_scripts_offset + 2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmp_version_major > 2) {	/* appears in BMP 3 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->legacy.mem_init_tbl_ptr = ROM16(bmp[24]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->legacy.sdr_seq_tbl_ptr = ROM16(bmp[26]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->legacy.ddr_seq_tbl_ptr = ROM16(bmp[28]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									legacy_i2c_offset = 0x48;	/* BMP version 2 & 3 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 61)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										legacy_i2c_offset = offset + 54;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->legacy.i2c_indices.crt = bios->data[legacy_i2c_offset];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->legacy.i2c_indices.tv = bios->data[legacy_i2c_offset + 1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->legacy.i2c_indices.panel = bios->data[legacy_i2c_offset + 2];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 74) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fmaxvco = ROM32(bmp[67]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fminvco = ROM32(bmp[71]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 88)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										parse_script_table_pointers(bios, offset + 75);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 94) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->tmds.output0_script_ptr = ROM16(bmp[89]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->tmds.output1_script_ptr = ROM16(bmp[91]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Never observed in use with lvds scripts, but is reused for
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * 18/24 bit panel interface default for EDID equipped panels
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * (if_is_24bit not set directly to avoid any oscillation).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->legacy.lvds_single_a_script_ptr = ROM16(bmp[95]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 108) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.fptablepointer = ROM16(bmp[105]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.fpxlatetableptr = ROM16(bmp[107]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.xlatwidth = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 120) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.lvdsmanufacturerpointer = ROM16(bmp[117]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.fpxlatemanufacturertableptr = ROM16(bmp[119]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-06 15:44:23 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#if 0
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 143)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->pll_limit_tbl_ptr = ROM16(bmp[142]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-06 15:44:23 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bmplength > 157)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.duallink_transition_clk = ROM16(bmp[156]) * 10;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static uint16_t findstr(uint8_t *data, int n, const uint8_t *str, int len)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i, j;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i <= (n - len); i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (data[i + j] != str[j])
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (j == len)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								olddcb_table(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 *dcb = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_device(drm->device)->card_type > NV_04)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dcb = ROMPTR(dev, drm->vbios.data[0x36]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!dcb) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_WARN(drm, "No DCB data found in VBIOS\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb[0] >= 0x41) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_WARN(drm, "DCB version 0x%02x unknown\n", dcb[0]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb[0] >= 0x30) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ROM32(dcb[6]) == 0x4edcbdcb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb[0] >= 0x20) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ROM32(dcb[4]) == 0x4edcbdcb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb[0] >= 0x15) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!memcmp(&dcb[-7], "DEV_REC", 7))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * v1.4 (some NV15/16, NV11+) seems the same as v1.5, but
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * always has the same single (crt) entry, even when tv-out
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * present, so the conclusion is this version cannot really
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * be used.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * v1.2 tables (some NV6/10, and NV15+) normally have the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * same 5 entries, which are not specific to the card and so
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * no use.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * v1.2 does have an I2C table that read_dcb_i2c_table can
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * handle, but cards exist (nv11 in #14821) with a bad i2c
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * table pointer, so use the indices parsed in
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * parse_bmp_structure.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * v1.1 (NV5+, maybe some NV4) is entirely unhelpful
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_WARN(drm, "No useful DCB data in VBIOS\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_WARN(drm, "DCB header validation failed\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-10-12 16:36:42 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								olddcb_outp(struct drm_device *dev, u8 idx)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 *dcb = olddcb_table(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb && dcb[0] >= 0x30) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx < dcb[2])
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return dcb + dcb[1] + (idx * dcb[3]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb && dcb[0] >= 0x20) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										u8 *i2c = ROMPTR(dev, dcb[2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										u8 *ent = dcb + 8 + (idx * 8);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (i2c && ent < i2c)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb && dcb[0] >= 0x15) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										u8 *i2c = ROMPTR(dev, dcb[2]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										u8 *ent = dcb + 4 + (idx * 10);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (i2c && ent < i2c)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ent;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								olddcb_outp_foreach(struct drm_device *dev, void *data,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 int (*exec)(struct drm_device *, void *, int idx, u8 *outp))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret, idx = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 *outp = NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((outp = olddcb_outp(dev, ++idx))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ROM32(outp[0]) == 0x00000000)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break; /* seen on an NV11 with DCB v1.5 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ROM32(outp[0]) == 0xffffffff)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break; /* seen on an NV17 with DCB v2.0 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((outp[0] & 0x0f) == DCB_OUTPUT_UNUSED)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((outp[0] & 0x0f) == DCB_OUTPUT_EOL)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = exec(dev, data, idx, outp);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								u8 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								olddcb_conntab(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 *dcb = olddcb_table(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb && dcb[0] >= 0x30 && dcb[1] >= 0x16) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										u8 *conntab = ROMPTR(dev, dcb[0x14]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (conntab && conntab[0] >= 0x30 && conntab[0] <= 0x40)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return conntab;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								u8 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								olddcb_conn(struct drm_device *dev, u8 idx)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 *conntab = olddcb_conntab(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (conntab && idx < conntab[2])
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return conntab + conntab[1] + (idx * conntab[3]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static struct dcb_output *new_dcb_entry(struct dcb_table *dcb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct dcb_output *entry = &dcb->entry[dcb->entries];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(entry, 0, sizeof(struct dcb_output));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->index = dcb->entries++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return entry;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void fabricate_dcb_output(struct dcb_table *dcb, int type, int i2c,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												 int heads, int or)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct dcb_output *entry = new_dcb_entry(dcb);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->type = type;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->i2c_index = i2c;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->heads = heads;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (type != DCB_OUTPUT_ANALOG)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->location = !DCB_LOC_ON_CHIP; /* ie OFF CHIP */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->or = or;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static bool
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								parse_dcb20_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct dcb_table *dcb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										  uint32_t conn, uint32_t conf, struct dcb_output *entry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->type = conn & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->i2c_index = (conn >> 4) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->heads = (conn >> 8) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->connector = (conn >> 12) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->bus = (conn >> 16) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->location = (conn >> 20) & 0x3;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->or = (conn >> 24) & 0xf;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (entry->type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_ANALOG:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * Although the rest of a CRT conf dword is usually
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * zeros, mac biosen have stuff there so we must mask
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->crtconf.maxfreq = (dcb->version < 0x30) ?
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													 (conf & 0xffff) * 10 :
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													 (conf & 0xff) * 10000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_LVDS:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										uint32_t mask;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (conf & 0x1)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->lvdsconf.use_straps_for_mode = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dcb->version < 0x22) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mask = ~0xd;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * The laptop in bug 14567 lies and claims to not use
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * straps when it does, so assume all DCB 2.0 laptops
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * use straps, until a broken EDID using one is produced
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->lvdsconf.use_straps_for_mode = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * Both 0x4 and 0x8 show up in v2.0 tables; assume they
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * mean the same thing (probably wrong, but might work)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (conf & 0x4 || conf & 0x8)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												entry->lvdsconf.use_power_scripts = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-12 15:33:07 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											mask = ~0x7;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (conf & 0x2)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												entry->lvdsconf.use_acpi_for_edid = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (conf & 0x4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												entry->lvdsconf.use_power_scripts = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-16 16:17:27 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->lvdsconf.sor.link = (conf & 0x00000030) >> 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (conf & mask) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * Until we even try to use these on G8x, it's
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 * useless reporting unknown bits.  They all are.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (dcb->version >= 0x40)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											NV_ERROR(drm, "Unknown LVDS configuration bits, "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												      "please report\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_TV:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dcb->version >= 0x30)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->tvconf.has_component_output = conf & (0x8 << 4);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->tvconf.has_component_output = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_DP:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->dpconf.sor.link = (conf & 0x00000030) >> 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-11 09:52:58 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->extdev = (conf & 0x0000ff00) >> 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-08-04 09:55:44 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										switch ((conf & 0x00e00000) >> 21) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case 0:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->dpconf.link_bw = 162000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->dpconf.link_bw = 270000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										switch ((conf & 0x0f000000) >> 24) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case 0xf:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->dpconf.link_nr = 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										case 0x3:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->dpconf.link_nr = 2;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->dpconf.link_nr = 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_TMDS:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-11 09:52:58 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dcb->version >= 0x40) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-08 17:09:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->tmdsconf.sor.link = (conf & 0x00000030) >> 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2013-02-11 09:52:58 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->extdev = (conf & 0x0000ff00) >> 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-20 16:48:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if (dcb->version >= 0x30)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->tmdsconf.slave_addr = (conf & 0x00000700) >> 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-08 17:09:06 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else if (dcb->version >= 0x22)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->tmdsconf.slave_addr = (conf & 0x00000070) >> 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-20 16:48:08 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_EOL:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* weird g80 mobile type that "nv" treats as a terminator */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										dcb->entries--;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:31:39 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-28 09:39:11 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb->version < 0x40) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Normal entries consist of a single bit, but dual link has
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * the next most significant bit set too
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->duallink_possible =
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											((1 << (ffs(entry->or) - 1)) * 3 == entry->or);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->duallink_possible = (entry->sorconf.link == 3);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* unsure what DCB version introduces this, 3.0? */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (conf & 0x100000)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->i2c_upper_default = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static bool
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								parse_dcb15_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct dcb_table *dcb,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										  uint32_t conn, uint32_t conf, struct dcb_output *entry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (conn & 0x0000000f) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 0:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->type = DCB_OUTPUT_ANALOG;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 1:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->type = DCB_OUTPUT_TV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 2:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 4:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-24 23:02:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (conn & 0x10)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->type = DCB_OUTPUT_LVDS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-24 23:02:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->type = DCB_OUTPUT_TMDS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-24 23:02:02 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case 3:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->type = DCB_OUTPUT_LVDS;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Unknown DCB type %d\n", conn & 0x0000000f);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->i2c_index = (conn & 0x0003c000) >> 14;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->heads = ((conn & 0x001c0000) >> 18) + 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->or = entry->heads; /* same as heads, hopefully safe enough */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->location = (conn & 0x01e00000) >> 21;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->bus = (conn & 0x0e000000) >> 25;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									entry->duallink_possible = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									switch (entry->type) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_ANALOG:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->crtconf.maxfreq = (conf & 0xffff) * 10;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_TV:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->tvconf.has_component_output = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									case DCB_OUTPUT_LVDS:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-02-03 01:56:32 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if ((conn & 0x00003f00) >> 8 != 0x10)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 17:53:04 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->lvdsconf.use_straps_for_mode = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										entry->lvdsconf.use_power_scripts = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									default:
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void merge_like_dcb_entries(struct drm_device *dev, struct dcb_table *dcb)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * DCB v2.0 lists each output combination separately.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Here we merge compatible entries to have fewer outputs, with
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * more options
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i, newentries = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < dcb->entries; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct dcb_output *ient = &dcb->entry[i];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										int j;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										for (j = i + 1; j < dcb->entries; j++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											struct dcb_output *jent = &dcb->entry[j];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (jent->type == 100) /* already merged entry */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											/* merge heads field when all other fields the same */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (jent->i2c_index == ient->i2c_index &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    jent->type == ient->type &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    jent->location == ient->location &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											    jent->or == ient->or) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												NV_INFO(drm, "Merging DCB entries %d and %d\n",
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													 i, j);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												ient->heads |= jent->heads;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												jent->type = 100; /* dummy value */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Compact entries merged into others out of dcb */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < dcb->entries; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dcb->entry[i].type == 100)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											continue;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (newentries != i) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dcb->entry[newentries] = dcb->entry[i];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dcb->entry[newentries].index = newentries;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										newentries++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dcb->entries = newentries;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-01 11:31:45 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static bool
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								apply_dcb_encoder_quirks(struct drm_device *dev, int idx, u32 *conn, u32 *conf)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct dcb_table *dcb = &drm->vbios.dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-25 15:43:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-01 11:31:45 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Dell Precision M6300
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *   DCB entry 2: 02025312 00000010
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *   DCB entry 3: 02026312 00000020
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Identical, except apparently a different connector on a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * different SOR link.  Not a clue how we're supposed to know
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * which one is in use if it even shares an i2c line...
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Ignore the connector on the second SOR link to prevent
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * nasty problems until this is sorted (assuming it's not a
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * VBIOS bug).
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-08-15 14:31:31 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_match_device(dev, 0x040d, 0x1028, 0x019b)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-01 11:31:45 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (*conn == 0x02026312 && *conf == 0x00000020)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-25 15:43:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* GeForce3 Ti 200
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * DCB reports an LVDS output that should be TMDS:
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *   DCB entry 1: f2005014 ffffffff
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_match_device(dev, 0x0201, 0x1462, 0x8851)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (*conn == 0xf2005014 && *conf == 0xffffffff) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											fabricate_dcb_output(dcb, DCB_OUTPUT_TMDS, 1, 1, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-12-25 15:43:30 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-03-21 11:42:51 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* XFX GT-240X-YA
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * So many things wrong here, replace the entire encoder table..
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_match_device(dev, 0x0ca3, 0x1682, 0x3003)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x02001300; /* VGA, connector 1 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00000028;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x01010312; /* DVI, connector 0 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00020030;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x01010310; /* VGA, connector 0 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00000028;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x02022362; /* HDMI, connector 2 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00020010;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x0000000e; /* EOL */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00000000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-05-30 12:53:37 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Some other twisted XFX board (rhbz#694914)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The DVI/VGA encoder combo that's supposed to represent the
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * DVI-I connector actually point at two different ones, and
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * the HDMI connector ends up paired with the VGA instead.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * Connector table is missing anything for VGA at all, pointing it
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * an invalid conntab entry 2 so we figure it out ourself.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_match_device(dev, 0x0615, 0x1682, 0x2605)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 0) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x02002300; /* VGA, connector 2 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00000028;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x01010312; /* DVI, connector 0 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00020030;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 2) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x04020310; /* VGA, connector 0 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00000028;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 3) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x02021322; /* HDMI, connector 1 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00020010;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x0000000e; /* EOL */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conf = 0x00000000;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-06-08 10:31:46 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* fdo#50830: connector indices for VGA and DVI-I are backwards */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_match_device(dev, 0x0421, 0x3842, 0xc793)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 0 && *conn == 0x02000300)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x02011300;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 1 && *conn == 0x04011310)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x04000310;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (idx == 2 && *conn == 0x02011312)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											*conn = 0x02000312;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-01 11:31:45 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								fabricate_dcb_encoder_table(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct dcb_table *dcb = &bios->dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int all_heads = (nv_two_heads(dev) ? 3 : 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#ifdef __powerpc__
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Apple iMac G4 NV17 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (of_machine_is_compatible("PowerMac4,5")) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fabricate_dcb_output(dcb, DCB_OUTPUT_TMDS, 0, all_heads, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fabricate_dcb_output(dcb, DCB_OUTPUT_ANALOG, 1, all_heads, 2);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								#endif
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Make up some sane defaults */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									fabricate_dcb_output(dcb, DCB_OUTPUT_ANALOG,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 14:49:19 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											     bios->legacy.i2c_indices.crt, 1, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv04_tv_identify(dev, bios->legacy.i2c_indices.tv) >= 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fabricate_dcb_output(dcb, DCB_OUTPUT_TV,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 14:49:19 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     bios->legacy.i2c_indices.tv,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     all_heads, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									else if (bios->tmds.output0_script_ptr ||
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 bios->tmds.output1_script_ptr)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										fabricate_dcb_output(dcb, DCB_OUTPUT_TMDS,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 14:49:19 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     bios->legacy.i2c_indices.panel,
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												     all_heads, 1);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-01-14 15:58:10 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								parse_dcb_entry(struct drm_device *dev, void *data, int idx, u8 *outp)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct dcb_table *dcb = &drm->vbios.dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 conf = (dcb->version >= 0x20) ? ROM32(outp[4]) : ROM32(outp[6]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u32 conn = ROM32(outp[0]);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bool ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (apply_dcb_encoder_quirks(dev, idx, &conn, &conf)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										struct dcb_output *entry = new_dcb_entry(dcb);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_INFO(drm, "DCB outp %02d: %08x %08x\n", idx, conn, conf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (dcb->version >= 0x20)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = parse_dcb20_entry(dev, dcb, conn, conf, entry);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											ret = parse_dcb15_entry(dev, dcb, conn, conf, entry);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 1; /* stop parsing */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* Ignore the I2C index for on-chip TV-out, as there
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * are cards with bogus values (nv31m in bug 23212),
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 * and it's otherwise useless.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (entry->type == DCB_OUTPUT_TV &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    entry->location == DCB_LOC_ON_CHIP)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											entry->i2c_index = 0x0f;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								dcb_fake_connectors(struct nvbios *bios)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct dcb_table *dcbt = &bios->dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 map[16] = { };
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i, idx = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* heuristic: if we ever get a non-zero connector field, assume
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * that all the indices are valid and we don't need fake them.
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-13 19:22:30 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * and, as usual, a blacklist of boards with bad bios data..
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-04-13 19:22:30 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!nv_match_device(bios->dev, 0x0392, 0x107d, 0x20a2)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										for (i = 0; i < dcbt->entries; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (dcbt->entry[i].connector)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												return;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* no useful connector info available, we need to make it up
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * ourselves.  the rule here is: anything on the same i2c bus
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * is considered to be on the same connector.  any output
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * without an associated i2c bus is assigned its own unique
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * connector index.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < dcbt->entries; i++) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										u8 i2c = dcbt->entry[i].i2c_index;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (i2c == 0x0f) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dcbt->entry[i].connector = idx++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										} else {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (!map[i2c])
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												map[i2c] = ++idx;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											dcbt->entry[i].connector = map[i2c] - 1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* if we created more than one connector, destroy the connector
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * table - just in case it has random, rather than stub, entries.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (i > 1) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										u8 *conntab = olddcb_conntab(bios->dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (conntab)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											conntab[0] = 0x00;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								parse_dcb_table(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct dcb_table *dcb = &bios->dcb;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									u8 *dcbt, *conn;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int idx;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dcbt = olddcb_table(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!dcbt) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										/* handle pre-DCB boards */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (bios->type == NVBIOS_BMP) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											fabricate_dcb_encoder_table(dev, bios);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "DCB version %d.%d\n", dcbt[0] >> 4, dcbt[0] & 0xf);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-10 15:42:55 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dcb->version = dcbt[0];
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-10 12:20:17 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									olddcb_outp_foreach(dev, NULL, parse_dcb_entry);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * apart for v2.1+ not being known for requiring merging, this
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * guarantees dcbent->index is the index of the entry in the rom image
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 09:56:18 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (dcb->version < 0x21)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										merge_like_dcb_entries(dev, dcb);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:48:16 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!dcb->entries)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENXIO;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* dump connector table entries to log, if any exist */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									idx = -1;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while ((conn = olddcb_conn(dev, ++idx))) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (conn[0] != 0xff) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											NV_INFO(drm, "DCB conn %02d: ", idx);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-11 10:44:20 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											if (olddcb_conntab(dev)[3] < 4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-09 15:45:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												pr_cont("%04x\n", ROM16(conn[0]));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											else
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-09 15:45:20 +01:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												pr_cont("%08x\n", ROM32(conn[0]));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2011-11-18 10:23:59 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									dcb_fake_connectors(bios);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int load_nv17_hwsq_ucode_entry(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios, uint16_t hwsq_offset, int entry)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The header following the "HWSQ" signature has the number of entries,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * and the entry size
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * An entry consists of a dword to write to the sequencer control reg
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * (0x00001304), followed by the ucode bytes, written sequentially,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * starting at reg 0x00001400
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_device *device = nv_device(drm->device);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint8_t bytes_to_write;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t hwsq_entry_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int i;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->data[hwsq_offset] <= entry) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Too few entries in HW sequencer table for "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
												"requested entry\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENOENT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bytes_to_write = bios->data[hwsq_offset + 1];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bytes_to_write != 36) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_ERROR(drm, "Unknown HW sequencer entry size\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -EINVAL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "Loading NV17 power sequencing microcode\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hwsq_entry_offset = hwsq_offset + 2 + entry * bytes_to_write;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* set sequencer control */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nv_wr32(device, 0x00001304, ROM32(bios->data[hwsq_entry_offset]));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bytes_to_write -= 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* write ucode */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									for (i = 0; i < bytes_to_write; i += 4)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										nv_wr32(device, 0x00001400 + i, ROM32(bios->data[hwsq_entry_offset + i + 4]));
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* twiddle NV_PBUS_DEBUG_4 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									nv_wr32(device, NV_PBUS_DEBUG_4, nv_rd32(device, NV_PBUS_DEBUG_4) | 0x18);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static int load_nv17_hw_sequencer_ucode(struct drm_device *dev,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
													struct nvbios *bios)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/*
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * BMP based cards, from NV17, need a microcode loading to correctly
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * control the GPIO etc for LVDS panels
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * BIT based cards seem to do this directly in the init scripts
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 *
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 * The microcode entries are found by the "HWSQ" signature.
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									 */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const uint8_t hwsq_signature[] = { 'H', 'W', 'S', 'Q' };
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const int sz = sizeof(hwsq_signature);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int hwsq_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									hwsq_offset = findstr(bios->data, bios->length, hwsq_signature, sz);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!hwsq_offset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* always use entry 0? */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return load_nv17_hwsq_ucode_entry(dev, bios, hwsq_offset + sz, 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								uint8_t *nouveau_bios_embedded_edid(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									const uint8_t edid_sig[] = {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00 };
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t offset = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									uint16_t newoffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int searchlen = NV_PROM_SIZE;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->fp.edid)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return bios->fp.edid;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									while (searchlen) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										newoffset = findstr(&bios->data[offset], searchlen,
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
																edid_sig, 8);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!newoffset)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return NULL;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										offset += newoffset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (!nv_cksum(&bios->data[offset], EDID1_LEN))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											break;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										searchlen -= offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										offset++;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									NV_INFO(drm, "Found EDID in BIOS\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return bios->fp.edid = &bios->data[offset];
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static bool NVInitVBIOS(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-06 15:32:56 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_bios *bios = nouveau_bios(drm->device);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *legacy = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									memset(legacy, 0, sizeof(struct nvbios));
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									spin_lock_init(&legacy->lock);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									legacy->dev = dev;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									legacy->data = bios->data;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									legacy->length = bios->size;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-07 17:26:44 +00:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									legacy->major_version = bios->version.major;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									legacy->chip_version = bios->version.chip;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-06 15:32:56 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->bit_offset) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										legacy->type = NVBIOS_BIT;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										legacy->offset = bios->bit_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return !parse_bit_structure(legacy, legacy->offset + 6);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									} else
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->bmp_offset) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										legacy->type = NVBIOS_BMP;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										legacy->offset = bios->bmp_offset;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return !parse_bmp_structure(dev, legacy, legacy->offset);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-12-06 15:32:56 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								nouveau_run_vbios_init(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-11-12 09:55:16 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-24 17:41:48 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* Reset the BIOS head to 0. */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->state.crtchead = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->major_version < 5)	/* BMP only */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										load_nv17_hw_sequencer_ucode(dev, bios);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->execute) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.last_script_invoc = 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->fp.lvds_init_run = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-25 13:47:16 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								static bool
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								nouveau_bios_posted(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-25 13:47:16 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									unsigned htotal;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (nv_device(drm->device)->card_type >= NV_50) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-25 13:47:16 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										if (NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, 0x00) == 0 &&
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										    NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, 0x1a) == 0)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											return false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									htotal  = NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, 0x06);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									htotal |= (NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, 0x07) & 0x01) << 8;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									htotal |= (NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, 0x07) & 0x20) << 4;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									htotal |= (NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, 0x25) & 0x01) << 10;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									htotal |= (NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, 0x41) & 0x01) << 11;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-20 03:08:25 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-25 13:47:16 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return (htotal != 0);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								int
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								nouveau_bios_init(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nouveau_drm *drm = nouveau_drm(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									struct nvbios *bios = &drm->vbios;
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									int ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!NVInitVBIOS(dev))
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return -ENODEV;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-11-19 18:08:47 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = parse_dcb_table(dev, bios);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!bios->major_version)	/* we don't run version 0 bios */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* init script execution disabled */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->execute = false;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* ... unless card isn't POSTed already */
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-05-25 13:47:16 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (!nouveau_bios_posted(dev)) {
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2012-07-31 16:16:21 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										NV_INFO(drm, "Adaptor not initialised, "
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-07-13 15:59:50 +02:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
											"running VBIOS init tables.\n");
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->execute = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									ret = nouveau_run_vbios_init(dev);
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2010-02-24 10:03:05 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
									
										
									
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (ret)
							 | 
						
					
						
							
								
									
										
										
										
											2009-12-11 19:24:15 +10:00
										 
									 
								 
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										return ret;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* feature_byte on BMP is poor, but init always sets CR4B */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->major_version < 5)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										bios->is_mobile = NVReadVgaCrtc(dev, 0, NV_CIO_CRE_4B) & 0x40;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* all BIT systems need p_f_m_t for digital_min_front_porch */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									if (bios->is_mobile || bios->major_version >= 5)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
										ret = parse_fp_mode_table(dev, bios);
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									/* allow subsequent scripts to execute */
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									bios->execute = true;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
									return 0;
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								void
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								nouveau_bios_takedown(struct drm_device *dev)
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								{
							 | 
						
					
						
							| 
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
								
							 | 
							
							
								}
							 |